blob: 57902cc02b532851ba9ba1338ea599eee2cc059f [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +000091SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
92 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
93 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
94}
95
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +000096//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
97// Standard Promotions and Conversions
98//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
99
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000100/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
101void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
102 QualType Ty = E->getType();
103 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
104
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000105 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
106 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000107 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
108 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
109 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
110 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
111 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
112 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
113 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000114 //
115 // C++ 4.2p1:
116 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
117 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
118 //
119 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
120 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000121 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
122 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000123}
124
125/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
126/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
127/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
128/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
129/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
130Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
131 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
132 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
133
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000134 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
135 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
136 else
137 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
138
139 return Expr;
140}
141
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000142/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
143/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
144/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
145void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
146 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
147 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
148
149 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
150 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
151 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
152 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
153
154 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
155}
156
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000157/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
158/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
159/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
160/// completely illegal.
161bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000162 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
163
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000164 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
165 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
166 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
167 << Expr->getType() << CT;
168 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000169 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000170
171 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
172 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
173 << Expr->getType() << CT;
174
175 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000176}
177
178
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
180/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
181/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
182/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
183/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
184/// GCC.
185QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
186 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000187 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000188 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000189
190 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000191
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
193 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000194 QualType lhs =
195 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
196 QualType rhs =
197 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000198
199 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
200 if (lhs == rhs)
201 return lhs;
202
203 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
204 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
205 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
206 return lhs;
207
208 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000209 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000210 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000211 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000212 return destType;
213}
214
215QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
216 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
217 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
218 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
219 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
220 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000221 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
222 lhs = Context.IntTy;
223 else
224 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
225 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
226 rhs = Context.IntTy;
227 else
228 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000229
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000230 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
231 if (lhs == rhs)
232 return lhs;
233
234 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
235 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
236 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
237 return lhs;
238
239 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
240
241 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
242 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
243 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
244 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
245 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000246 return lhs;
247 }
248 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
249 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000250 return rhs;
251 }
252 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
253 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
254 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
255 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
256 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
257 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
258 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
259 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
260 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
261 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
262 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
263
264 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
265 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000266 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
267 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000268 }
269 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
270 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
271 // does not require this promotion.
272 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
273 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000274 return rhs;
275 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276 return lhs;
277 }
278 }
279 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
280 }
281 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
282 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
283 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000284 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000286 return lhs;
287 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000288 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
289 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
290 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
291 }
292 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000293 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294 return rhs;
295 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000296 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
297 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
298 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
299 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000300 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
301 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
302 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000303 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000305 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
306 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000307 }
308 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
309 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
310 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
311 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
312
313 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
314 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000315 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
316 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000317 return rhs;
318 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
319 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320 return lhs;
321 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
322 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000323 return rhs;
324 }
325 }
326 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
327 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
328 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
329 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
330 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
331 QualType destType;
332 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
333 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
334 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
335 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
336 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
337 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
338 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
339 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
340 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
341 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
342 // use the signed type.
343 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
344 } else {
345 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
346 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
347 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
348 // to the signed type.
349 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
350 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000351 return destType;
352}
353
354//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
355// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
356//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
357
358
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000359/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000360/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
361/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
362/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
363/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000364///
365Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000366Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000367 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
368
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000369 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000370 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000371 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000372
373 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
374 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
375 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000377 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000378 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000379 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000380
381 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
382 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
383 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000384
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000385 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
386 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
387 // strings.
388 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000389 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000390 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000391
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000392 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000393 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
394 Literal.GetStringLength(),
395 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
396 &StringTokLocs[0],
397 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000398}
399
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
401/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
402/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
403/// for values inside the block or for globals).
404///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000405/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
406/// up-to-date.
407///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000408static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
409 ValueDecl *VD) {
410 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
411 // we wanted to.
412 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
413 return false;
414
415 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
416 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
417 return false;
418
419 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
420 // snapshot it.
421 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
422 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000423 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
424 return false;
425
426 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
427 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
428
429 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
430 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
431 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
432 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
433 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
434 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
435 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
436 // having a reference outside it.
437 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
438 break;
439
440 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
441 // a snapshot as well.
442 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
443 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000444
445 return true;
446}
447
448
449
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000450/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000451/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000452/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000453/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000454/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000455Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
456 IdentifierInfo &II,
457 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000458 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
459 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
460 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000461 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000462}
463
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000464/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
465/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
466/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000467DeclRefExpr *
468Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
469 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
470 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000471 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000472 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
473 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000474 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000475 } else
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000476 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000477}
478
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000479/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
480/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
481/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000482static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
483 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000484 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
485 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
486
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000487 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000488 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
489 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
490 // this even better.
491 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000492 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
493 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000494 D != DEnd; ++D) {
495 if (*D == Record) {
496 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
497 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
498 ++D;
499 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000500 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000501 return *D;
502 }
503 }
504
505 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
506 return 0;
507}
508
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000509/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
510/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
511/// actual member.
512///
513/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
514/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
515/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
516/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
517/// we found.
518///
519/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
520/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
521/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
522VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
523 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000524 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
525 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
526 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
527
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000528 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000529 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
530 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
531 do {
532 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000533 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000535 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000536 else {
537 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
538 break;
539 }
540 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
541 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
542 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000543
544 return BaseObject;
545}
546
547Sema::OwningExprResult
548Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
549 FieldDecl *Field,
550 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
551 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
552 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
553 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
554 AnonFields);
555
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000556 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
557 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
558 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
559 // found via name lookup.
560 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
561 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
562 if (BaseObject) {
563 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
564 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000565 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000566 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000567 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000568 ExtraQuals
569 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
570 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
571 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
572 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
573 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
574 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
575 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
576 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
577 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
578 }
579 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
580 } else {
581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
583 // program our base object expression is "this".
584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
585 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
586 QualType AnonFieldType
587 = Context.getTagDeclType(
588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
593 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000595 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000596 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
597 }
598 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000599 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
600 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000601 }
602 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
603 }
604
605 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000606 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
607 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000608 }
609
610 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
611 // anonymous struct/union.
612 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
613 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
614 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
615 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
616 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
617 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
618 unsigned combinedQualifiers
619 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
620 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
621 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000622 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
623 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000624 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
625 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000626 }
627
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000628 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000629}
630
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000631/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
632/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
633/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
634/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
635/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
636/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
637/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
638/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
639/// forms.
640///
641/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
642/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
643/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
644/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000645///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000646/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
647/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
648/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
649/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000650Sema::OwningExprResult
651Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
652 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000653 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000654 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000655 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000656 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
657 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000658
659 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
660 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
661 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
662 // names a dependent type.
663 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000664 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
665 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000666 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000667 }
668
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000669 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
670 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000671
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000672 NamedDecl *D = 0;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000673 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
674 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
675 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
676 : SourceRange());
677 return ExprError();
678 } else
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000679 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000680
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000681 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
682 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000683 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
684 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000685 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
686 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000687 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
688 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
689 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000690 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000691 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000692 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000693 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
694 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000695 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000696 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
697 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000698 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
699 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
700 // an error.
701 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
702 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
703 << IV->getDeclName());
704 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
705 // same name exists, use the global.
706 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000707 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
708 ClassDeclared != IFace)
709 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000710 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
711 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
712 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
713 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000714 return Owned(new (Context)
715 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
716 static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
717 true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000718 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000719 }
720 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000721 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
722 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
723 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000724 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000725 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
726 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000727 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
728 IFace == ClassDeclared)
729 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden)<<IV->getDeclName();
730 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000731 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000732 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000733 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000734 QualType T;
735
736 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
737 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
738 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
739 else
740 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000741 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000742 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000743 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000744
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000745 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
746 // argument-dependent lookup.
747 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
748 HasTrailingLParen;
749
750 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000751 // We've seen something of the form
752 //
753 // identifier(
754 //
755 // and we did not find any entity by the name
756 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
757 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
758 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
759 Context.OverloadTy,
760 Loc));
761 }
762
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000763 if (D == 0) {
764 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
765 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000766 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000767 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000768 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000769 else {
770 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
771 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000772 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000773 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
774 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000775 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
776 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000777 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
778 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000779 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000780 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000781 }
782 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000783
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000784 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
785 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
786 // not any specific instance's member.
787 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000788 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000789 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000790 QualType DType;
791 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
792 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
793 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
794 DType = Method->getType();
795 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
796 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
797 }
798 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
799 if (!DType.isNull()) {
800 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
801 // dependent.
802 bool Dependent = false;
803 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
804 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
805 if (DC->isRecord()) {
806 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
807 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
808 Dependent = true;
809 break;
810 }
811 }
812 }
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000813 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000814 }
815 }
816 }
817
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000818 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
819 // (C++ [class.union]).
820 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
821 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
822 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000823
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000824 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
825 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
826 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
827 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
828 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
829 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
830 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
831 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
832 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
833 QualType MemberType;
834 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
835 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
836 MemberType = FD->getType();
837
838 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
839 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
840 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
841 unsigned combinedQualifiers
842 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
843 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
844 }
845 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
846 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
847 Ctx = Method->getParent();
848 MemberType = Method->getType();
849 }
850 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
851 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
852 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
853 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
854 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
855 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
856 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
857 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
858 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
859 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
860 break;
861 }
862 }
863 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000864
865 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000866 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
867 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
868 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
869 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
870 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
871 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000872 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000873 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000874 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000875 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000876 }
877 }
878 }
879 }
880
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000881 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000882 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
883 if (MD->isStatic())
884 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000885 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
886 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000887 }
888
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000889 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
890 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
891 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000892 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
893 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000894 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000895
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000896 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000897 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000898 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000899 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000900 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000901 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000902
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000903 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000904 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000905 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
906 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000907 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
908 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
909 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000910 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000911
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000912 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
913 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
914 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
915 // that overload resolution actually selects.
916 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
917 return ExprError();
918
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000919 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000920 // Warn about constructs like:
921 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
922 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000923 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
924 Scope *CheckS = S;
925 while (CheckS) {
926 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000927 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000928 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000929 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
930 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000931 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000932 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
933 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000934 break;
935 }
936
937 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
938 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
939 if (CheckS)
940 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
941 }
942 }
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000943 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
944 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
945 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
946 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
947 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
948 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
949 // type.
950 QualType T = Func->getType();
951 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000952 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
953 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000954 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
955 }
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000956 }
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000957
958 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
959 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000960 return ExprError();
961
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000962 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
963 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
964 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
965 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000966 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000967 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
968 // as they do not get snapshotted.
969 //
970 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000971 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000972 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
973 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000974 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000975
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000976 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000977 ExprTy.addConst();
978 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000979 }
980 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
981 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000982
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000983 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000984 bool ValueDependent = false;
985 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
986 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
987 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
988 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
989 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
990 TypeDependent = true;
991 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
992 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
993 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
994 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
995 TypeDependent = true;
996 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
997 // names a dependent type.
998 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000999 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001000 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1001 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001002 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001003 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1004 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1005 TypeDependent = true;
1006 break;
1007 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001008 }
1009 }
1010 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001011
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001012 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1013 //
1014 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1015 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1016 if (TypeDependent)
1017 ValueDependent = true;
1018 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1019 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1020 ValueDependent = true;
1021 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1022 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1023 // (FIXME!).
1024 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001025
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001026 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1027 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001028}
1029
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001030Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1031 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001032 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001033
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001034 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001035 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001036 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1037 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1038 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001039 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001040
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001041 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1042 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001043 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001044 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1045 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001046 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1047 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1048 else {
1049 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1050 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1051 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1052 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001053
1054
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001055 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001056 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001057 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001058 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001059}
1060
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001061Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001062 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1063 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1064 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1065 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001066
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001067 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1068 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1069 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001070 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001071
1072 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1073
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001074 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1075 Literal.isWide(),
1076 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001077}
1078
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001079Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1080 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001081 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1082 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001083 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001084 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001085 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001086 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001087 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001088
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001089 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001090 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1091 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001092 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001093
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001094 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1095 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001096
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001097 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1098 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1099 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001100 return ExprError();
1101
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001102 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001103
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001104 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001105 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001106 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001107 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001108 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001109 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001110 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001111 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001112
1113 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1114
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001115 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1116 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001117 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1118 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001119
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001120 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001121 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001122 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001123 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001124
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001125 // long long is a C99 feature.
1126 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001127 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001128 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1129
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001130 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001131 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001132
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001133 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1134 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1135 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001136 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1137 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001138 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001139 } else {
1140 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1141 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001142
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001143 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1144 // be an unsigned int.
1145 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1146
1147 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001148 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001149 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1150 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001151 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001152
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001153 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1154 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1155 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1156 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001157 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001158 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001159 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001160 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001161 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001162 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001163
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001164 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001165 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001166 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001167
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001168 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1169 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1170 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1171 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001172 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001173 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001174 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001175 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001176 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001177 }
1178
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001179 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001180 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001181 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001182
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001183 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1184 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1185 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1186 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001187 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001188 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001189 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001190 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001191 }
1192 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001193
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001194 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1195 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001196 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001197 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001198 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001199 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001200 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001201
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001202 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1203 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001204 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001205 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001206 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001207
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001208 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1209 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001210 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1211 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001212
1213 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001214}
1215
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001216Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1217 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1218 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001219 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001220 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001221}
1222
1223/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1224/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001225bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001226 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1227 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1228 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001229 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1230 return false;
1231
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001232 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001233 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001234 // alignof(function) is allowed.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001235 if (isSizeof)
1236 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1237 return false;
1238 }
1239
1240 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001241 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1242 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001243 return false;
1244 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001245
1246 // sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>)
1247 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IIT = exprType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
1248 if (IIT->getDecl()->isForwardDecl()) {
1249 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_forward_interface)
1250 << IIT->getDecl()->getDeclName() << isSizeof;
1251 return true;
1252 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001253
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001254 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1255 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
1256 << IIT->getDecl()->getDeclName() << isSizeof;
Chris Lattner5b54b882009-04-21 22:00:54 +00001257 //return false;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001258 }
1259 }
1260
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001261 return RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001262 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1263 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1264 ExprRange);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001265}
1266
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001267bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1268 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1269 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001270
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001271 // alignof decl is always ok.
1272 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1273 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001274
1275 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1276 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1277 return false;
1278
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001279 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1280 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1281 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattnerda027472009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001282 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001283 return true;
1284 }
1285 // Other fields are ok.
1286 return false;
1287 }
1288 }
1289 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1290}
1291
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001292/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1293Action::OwningExprResult
1294Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1295 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1296 if (T.isNull())
1297 return ExprError();
1298
1299 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1300 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1301 return ExprError();
1302
1303 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1304 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1305 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1306 R.getEnd()));
1307}
1308
1309/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1310/// operand.
1311Action::OwningExprResult
1312Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1313 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1314 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1315 bool isInvalid = false;
1316 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1317 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1318 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1319 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
1320 } else if (E->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1321 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1322 isInvalid = true;
1323 } else {
1324 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1325 }
1326
1327 if (isInvalid)
1328 return ExprError();
1329
1330 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1331 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1332 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1333 R.getEnd()));
1334}
1335
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001336/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1337/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1338/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001339Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001340Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1341 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001342 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001343 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001344
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001345 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001346 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1347 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1348 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001349
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001350 // Get the end location.
1351 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1352 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1353 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1354
1355 if (Result.isInvalid())
1356 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1357
1358 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001359}
1360
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001361QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001362 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1363 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001364
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001365 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001366 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1367 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001368
1369 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1370 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1371 return V->getType();
1372
1373 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001374 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1375 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001376 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001377}
1378
1379
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001380
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001381Action::OwningExprResult
1382Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1383 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1384 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001385
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001386 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1387 switch (Kind) {
1388 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1389 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1390 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1391 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001392
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001393 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1394 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1395 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001396 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001397 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1398
1399 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1400 //
1401 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1402 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1403 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1404 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1405 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1406 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1407 // argument will have value zero.
1408 Expr *Args[2] = {
1409 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001410 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1411 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001412 };
1413
1414 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1415 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001416 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001417
1418 // Perform overload resolution.
1419 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1420 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1421 case OR_Success: {
1422 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1423 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1424
1425 if (FnDecl) {
1426 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1427 // operator.
1428
1429 // Convert the arguments.
1430 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1431 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001432 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001433 } else {
1434 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001435 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001436 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1437 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001438 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001439 }
1440
1441 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001442 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001443 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1444 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001445
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001446 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001447 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001448 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001449 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1450
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001451 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001452 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1453 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1454 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001455 } else {
1456 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1457 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1458 // operator node.
1459 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1460 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001461 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001462
1463 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001464 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001465 }
1466
1467 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1468 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1469 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1470 break;
1471
1472 case OR_Ambiguous:
1473 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1474 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1475 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1476 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001477 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001478
1479 case OR_Deleted:
1480 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1481 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1482 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1483 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1484 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1485 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001486 }
1487
1488 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1489 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1490 // build a built-in operation.
1491 }
1492
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001493 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1494 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001495 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001496 return ExprError();
1497 Input.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001498 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001499}
1500
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001501Action::OwningExprResult
1502Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1503 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1504 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1505 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001506
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001507 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001508 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001509 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1510 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1511 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001512 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1513 // to the candidate set.
1514 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1515 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001516 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1517 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001518
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001519 // Perform overload resolution.
1520 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1521 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1522 case OR_Success: {
1523 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1524 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1525
1526 if (FnDecl) {
1527 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1528 // operator.
1529
1530 // Convert the arguments.
1531 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1532 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1533 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1534 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1535 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001536 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001537 } else {
1538 // Convert the arguments.
1539 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1540 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1541 "passing") ||
1542 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1543 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1544 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001545 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001546 }
1547
1548 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001549 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001550 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1551 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001552
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001553 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001554 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1555 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001556 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1557
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001558 Base.release();
1559 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001560 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1561 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001562 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001563 } else {
1564 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1565 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1566 // operator node.
1567 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1568 "passing") ||
1569 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1570 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001571 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001572
1573 break;
1574 }
1575 }
1576
1577 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1578 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1579 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1580 break;
1581
1582 case OR_Ambiguous:
1583 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1584 << "[]"
1585 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1586 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001587 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001588
1589 case OR_Deleted:
1590 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1591 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1592 << "[]"
1593 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1594 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1595 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001596 }
1597
1598 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1599 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1600 // build a built-in operation.
1601 }
1602
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001603 // Perform default conversions.
1604 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1605 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001606
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001607 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001608
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001609 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001610 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001611 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001612 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001613 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1614 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001615 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1616 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1617 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1618 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1619 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001620 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1621 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1622 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1623 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001624 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001625 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001626 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1627 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1628 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1629 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001630 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1631 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001632 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001633
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001634 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1635 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001636 } else {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001637 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1638 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1639 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001640 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001641 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001642 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1643 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001644
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001645 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1646 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1647 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1648 // incomplete types are not object types.
1649 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1650 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1651 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1652 return ExprError();
1653 }
1654 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
1655 RequireCompleteType(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), ResultType,
1656 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
1657 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1658 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001659
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001660 Base.release();
1661 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001662 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001663 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001664}
1665
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001666QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001667CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001668 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001669 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001670
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001671 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1672 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001673
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001674 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001675 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1676 // to be selected.
1677 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001678
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001679 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1680 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1681 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001682
1683 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1684 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001685 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001686 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1687 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001688 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001689 do
1690 compStr++;
1691 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001692 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001693 do
1694 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001695 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001696 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001697
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001698 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001699 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1700 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001701 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1702 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001703 return QualType();
1704 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001705
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001706 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1707 // operates on.
1708 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1709 compStr = CompName.getName();
1710
1711 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001712 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001713
1714 while (*compStr) {
1715 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1716 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1717 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1718 return QualType();
1719 }
1720 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001721 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001722
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001723 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1724 // number of elements.
1725 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001726 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001727 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001728 return QualType();
1729 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001730
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001731 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001732 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001733 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001734 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001735 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001736 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1737 : CompName.getLength();
1738 if (HexSwizzle)
1739 CompSize--;
1740
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001741 if (CompSize == 1)
1742 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001743
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001744 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001745 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001746 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1747 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1748 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1749 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001750 }
1751 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001752}
1753
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001754static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1755 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001756 const Selector &Sel,
1757 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001758
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001759 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001760 return PD;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001761 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001762 return OMD;
1763
1764 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1765 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001766 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1767 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001768 return D;
1769 }
1770 return 0;
1771}
1772
1773static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1774 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001775 const Selector &Sel,
1776 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001777 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1778 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1779 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1780 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001781 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001782 GDecl = PD;
1783 break;
1784 }
1785 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001786 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001787 GDecl = OMD;
1788 break;
1789 }
1790 }
1791 if (!GDecl) {
1792 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1793 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1794 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001795 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001796 if (GDecl)
1797 return GDecl;
1798 }
1799 }
1800 return GDecl;
1801}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001802
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001803/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1804/// all base class implementations.
1805///
1806ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1807 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1808 const Selector &Sel) {
1809 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
1810 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1811 Sema::ObjCImplementations[IFace->getIdentifier()])
1812 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1813
1814 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1815 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1816 return Method;
1817}
1818
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001819Action::OwningExprResult
1820Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1821 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001822 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001823 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001824 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001825 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001826
1827 // Perform default conversions.
1828 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001829
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001830 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1831 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001832
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001833 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1834 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001835 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001836 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001837 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001838 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001839 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1840 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001841 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001842 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1843 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1844 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001845 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001846
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001847 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1848 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001849 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001850 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001851 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001852 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1853 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1854 return ExprError();
1855
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001856 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001857 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1858 // than this.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001859 LookupResult Result
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001860 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001861 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001862
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001863 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001864 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1865 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001866 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001867 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1868 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1869 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001870 }
1871
1872 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001873
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001874 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1875 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1876 // error cases.
1877 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1878 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001879
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001880 // Check the use of this field
1881 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1882 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001883
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001884 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001885 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1886 // (C++ [class.union]).
1887 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001888 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001889 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001890
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001891 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1892 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001893 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001894 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1895 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1896 else {
1897 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1898 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001899 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001900 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1901 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1902 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001903
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001904 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1905 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001906 }
1907
1908 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001909 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001910 Var, MemberLoc,
1911 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
1912 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001913 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001914 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
1915 MemberFn->getType()));
1916 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1917 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001918 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001919 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
1920 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001921 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1922 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001923 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001924 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1925 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001926
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001927 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1928 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1929 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001930 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1931 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1932 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001933 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001934
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001935 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1936 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001937 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001938 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001939 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
1940 &Member,
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001941 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001942 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1943 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1944 // error cases.
1945 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1946 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001947
1948 // Check whether we can reference this field.
1949 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
1950 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8bfd1b82009-03-26 16:01:08 +00001951 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
1952 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001953 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
1954 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1955 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001956 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
1957 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
1958 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
1959 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
1960 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
1961 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
1962 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001963 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001964 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
1965 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
1966 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
1967 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
1968 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
1969 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00001970 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001971
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001972 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001973 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001974 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001975 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1976 }
1977 // @protected
1978 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
1979 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1980 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001981
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00001982 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001983 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00001984 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001985 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001986 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1987 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1988 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001989 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001990
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001991 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1992 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1993 const PointerType *PTy;
1994 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1995 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1996 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
1997 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbar7f8ea5c2008-08-30 05:35:15 +00001998
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001999 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002000 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2001 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002002 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2003 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2004 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002005
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002006 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002007 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2008 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002009
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002010 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattner9baefc22008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002011 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2012 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002013 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2014 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002015 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2016 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2017 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002018
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002019 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002020 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2021 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002022
2023 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2024 // selector is implemented.
2025
2026 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2027 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2028
2029 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002030 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002031
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002032 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2033 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002034 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002035
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002036 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2037 if (!Getter) {
2038 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2039 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2040 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
2041 }
2042 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002043 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002044 // Check if we can reference this property.
2045 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2046 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002047 }
2048 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2049 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2050 Selector SetterSel =
2051 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2052 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002053 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002054 if (!Setter) {
2055 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2056 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002057 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002058 }
2059 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2060 if (!Setter) {
2061 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2062 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2063 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002064 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002065 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002066
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002067 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2068 return ExprError();
2069
2070 if (Getter || Setter) {
2071 QualType PType;
2072
2073 if (Getter)
2074 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2075 else {
2076 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2077 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2078 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2079 }
2080 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2081 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2082 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2083 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002084 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2085 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002086 }
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002087 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2088 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2089 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2090 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002091 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002092 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002093 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002094 // Check the use of this declaration
2095 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2096 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002097
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002098 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002099 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2100 }
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002101 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002102 // Check the use of this method.
2103 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2104 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002105
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002106 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002107 OMD->getResultType(),
2108 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2109 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian391d8952008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002110 }
2111 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002112
2113 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2114 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002115 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002116 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2117 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2118 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2119 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2120 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002121 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2122 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002123 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002124 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002125 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002126 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002127 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002128 }
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002129 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2130 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2131 Selector SetterSel =
2132 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2133 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002134 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002135 if (!Setter) {
2136 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2137 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002138 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002139 }
2140 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2141 if (!Setter) {
2142 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2143 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2144 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(SetterSel);
2145 }
2146 }
2147
2148 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2149 return ExprError();
2150
2151 if (Getter || Setter) {
2152 QualType PType;
2153
2154 if (Getter)
2155 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2156 else {
2157 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2158 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2159 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2160 }
2161 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2162 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2163 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2164 }
2165 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2166 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002167 }
2168 }
2169
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002170 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002171 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002172 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2173 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002174 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002175 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002176 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002177 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002178
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002179 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2180 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2181
2182 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2183 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2184 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2185 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2186 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2187 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2188 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2189 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2190 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2191 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2192 }
2193
2194 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002195}
2196
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002197/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2198/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2199/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2200/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2201/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2202/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002203bool
2204Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002205 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002206 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002207 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2208 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002209 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002210 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2211 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2212 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002213 bool Invalid = false;
2214
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002215 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2216 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2217 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2218 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2219 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2220 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2221 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2222 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002223 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002224 }
2225
2226 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2227 // them.
2228 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2229 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2230 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2231 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2232 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2233 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2234 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2235 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002236 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002237 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002238 }
2239 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2240 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002241
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002242 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2243 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2244 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002245
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002246 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002247 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002248 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002249
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002250 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2251 ProtoArgType,
2252 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2253 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2254 return true;
2255
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002256 // Pass the argument.
2257 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2258 return true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002259 } else
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002260 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002261 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002262 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002263
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002264 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2265 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002266
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002267 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2268 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002269 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2270 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2271 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2272 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2273 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2274
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002275 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2276 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2277 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002278 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002279 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2280 }
2281 }
2282
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002283 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002284}
2285
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002286/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002287/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2288/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002289Action::OwningExprResult
2290Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2291 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002292 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002293 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
2294 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
2295 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002296 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002297 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002298 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002299
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002300 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002301 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002302 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002303 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2304 bool Dependent = false;
2305 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2306 Dependent = true;
2307 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2308 Dependent = true;
2309
2310 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002311 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002312 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2313
2314 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2315 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2316 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2317 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2318
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002319 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002320 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2321 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2322 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002323 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2324 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002325 }
2326
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002327 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002328 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002329 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2330 bool ADL = true;
2331 while (true) {
2332 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2333 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2334 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002335 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002336 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002337 ADL = false;
2338 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2339 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002340 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002341 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2342 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002343 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2344 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2345 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2346 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002347 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002348 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2349 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2350 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002351 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002352 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2353 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2354 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002355 break;
2356 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002357 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002358
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002359 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2360 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002361 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002362 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2363 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002364
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002365 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002366 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002367 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002368 ADL = false;
2369
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002370 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2371 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2372 ADL = false;
2373
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002374 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002375 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2376 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002377 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2378 if (!FDecl)
2379 return ExprError();
2380
2381 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2382 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002383 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002384 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002385 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2386 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2387 false, false,
2388 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2389 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002390 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002391 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002392 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2393 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2394 Fn = NewFn;
2395 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002396 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002397
2398 // Promote the function operand.
2399 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2400
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002401 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2402 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002403 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2404 Args, NumArgs,
2405 Context.BoolTy,
2406 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002407
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002408 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2409 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2410 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2411 // have type pointer to function".
2412 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2413 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002414 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2415 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002416 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2417 } else { // This is a block call.
2418 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2419 getAsFunctionType();
2420 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002421 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002422 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2423 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2424
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002425 // Check for a valid return type
2426 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2427 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2428 FuncT->getResultType(),
2429 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2430 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2431 return ExprError();
2432
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002433 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002434 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002435
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002436 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002437 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002438 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002439 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002440 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002441 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002442
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002443 if (FDecl) {
2444 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2445 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2446 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregor72971342009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002447 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002448 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2449 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2450 }
2451
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002452 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002453 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2454 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2455 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002456 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2457 Arg->getType(),
2458 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2459 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2460 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002461 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002462 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002463 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002464
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002465 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2466 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002467 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2468 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002469
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002470 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002471 if (FDecl)
2472 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002473
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002474 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002475}
2476
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002477Action::OwningExprResult
2478Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2479 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002480 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002481 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002482 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002483 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002484 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002485
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002486 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002487 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002488 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2489 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002490 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002491 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2492 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002493 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002494
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002495 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002496 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002497 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002498
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002499 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002500 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002501 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002502 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002503 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002504 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002505 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002506 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002507}
2508
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002509Action::OwningExprResult
2510Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002511 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2512 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2513 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002514
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002515 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002516 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002517
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002518 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002519 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002520 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002521 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002522}
2523
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002524/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar58d5ebb2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002525bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002526 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2527
2528 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2529 // type needs to be scalar.
2530 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2531 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002532 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2533 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002534 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002535 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2536 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2537 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2538 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002539 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002540 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2541 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2542 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2543 // GCC cast to union extension
2544 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2545 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002546 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002547 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2548 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2549 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2550 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2551 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2552 break;
2553 }
2554 }
2555 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2556 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2557 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2558 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002559 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002560 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002561 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002562 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002563 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002564 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002565 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2566 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002567 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002568 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2569 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2570 return true;
2571 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2572 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2573 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002574 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002575 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002576 }
2577 return false;
2578}
2579
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002580bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002581 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002582
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002583 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002584 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002585 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002586 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002587 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002588 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002589 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002590 } else
2591 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002592 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002593 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002594
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002595 return false;
2596}
2597
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002598Action::OwningExprResult
2599Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2600 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2601 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2602 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002603
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002604 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002605 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2606
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002607 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002608 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002609 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002610 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002611}
2612
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002613/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2614/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002615/// C99 6.5.15
2616QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2617 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002618 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2619 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2620 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2621
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002622 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2623 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2624 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2625 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2626 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2627 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00002628
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002629 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002630 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2631 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2632 << CondTy;
2633 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002634 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002635
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002636 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002637
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002638 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2639 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002640 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2641 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2642 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00002643 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002644
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002645 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2646 // type.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002647 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2648 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002649 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002650 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002651 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002652 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002653 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002654 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002655
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002656 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002657 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002658 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2659 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2660 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2661 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2662 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2663 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2664 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2665 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2666 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002667 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002668 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002669 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2670 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002671 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2672 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2673 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2674 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2675 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002676 }
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002677 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2678 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2679 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2680 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2681 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002682 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002683
Chris Lattnerbd57d362008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002684 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2685 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002686 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2687 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002688 // get the "pointed to" types
2689 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2690 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002691
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002692 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2693 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002694 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002695 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2696 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002697 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002698 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2699 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002700 return destType;
2701 }
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002702 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002703 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002704 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002705 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2706 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002707 return destType;
2708 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002709
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002710 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
Chris Lattnerb4650c12009-02-19 04:44:58 +00002711 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002712 return LHSTy;
2713 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002714
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002715 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002716
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002717 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2718 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002719 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002720 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002721 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2722 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2723 // type. This allows
2724 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2725 // where B is a subclass of A.
2726 //
2727 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2728 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2729 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2730 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2731
Steve Naroff1fd03612009-02-12 19:05:07 +00002732 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002733 // It could return the composite type.
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002734 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2735 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2736 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2737 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002738 compositeType = LHSTy;
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002739 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor7ffd0de2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002740 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002741 compositeType = RHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002742 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2743 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002744 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2745 } else {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002746 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002747 << LHSTy << RHSTy
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002748 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002749 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002750 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2751 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002752 return incompatTy;
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002753 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002754 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002755 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002756 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2757 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002758 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2759 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2760 // to get a consistent AST.
2761 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002762 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2763 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbara56f7462008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002764 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002765 }
2766 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002767 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2768 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2769 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2770 // type.
Eli Friedman5835ea22008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002771 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002772 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002773 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2774 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Eli Friedman5835ea22008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002775 return compositeType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002776 }
2777 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002778
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00002779 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
2780 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2781 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2782 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2783 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2784 return RHSTy;
2785 }
2786 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2787 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2788 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2789 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2790 return LHSTy;
2791 }
2792
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002793 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2794 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() && RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() &&
2795 Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy))
2796 return LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002797
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002798 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2799 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002800 // id with statically typed objects).
2801 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002802 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2803 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2804 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002805 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002806 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002807 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2808 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2809 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002810 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2811 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2812 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2813 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2814 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2815 // cases. Investigate.
2816 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002817 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2818 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002819 return compositeType;
2820 }
2821 }
2822
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002823 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002824 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2825 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002826 return QualType();
2827}
2828
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002829/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002830/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002831Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2832 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2833 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2834 ExprArg RHS) {
2835 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2836 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002837
2838 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2839 // was the condition.
2840 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2841 if (isLHSNull)
2842 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002843
2844 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00002845 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002846 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002847 return ExprError();
2848
2849 Cond.release();
2850 LHS.release();
2851 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002852 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002853 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2854 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002855}
2856
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002857
2858// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002859// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002860// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2861// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2862// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002863Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002864Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2865 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002866
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002867 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002868 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2869 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002870
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002871 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002872 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2873 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002874
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002875 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002876
2877 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2878 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2879 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002880 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002881 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002882 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002883
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002884 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2885 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002886 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002887 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002888 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002889 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002890
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002891 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002892 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2893 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002894 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002895
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002896 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002897 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002898 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002899
2900 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002901 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2902 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002903 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002904 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002905 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00002906 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2907 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2908 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
2909 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
2910 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
2911 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
2912 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
2913 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2914 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2915 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
2916 }
2917 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
2918 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2919 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2920 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
2921 }
2922 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
2923 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
2924 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
2925 // warning can be disabled.
2926 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
2927 return ConvTy;
2928 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
2929 }
2930 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
2931 return IncompatiblePointer;
2932 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002933 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002934}
2935
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002936/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2937/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2938/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2939// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002940Sema::AssignConvertType
2941Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002942 QualType rhsType) {
2943 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002944
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002945 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2946 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002947 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2948
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002949 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2950 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2951 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002952
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002953 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002954
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002955 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2956 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2957 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002958
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002959 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002960 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002961 return ConvTy;
2962}
2963
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002964/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2965/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002966/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2967///
2968/// int a, *pint;
2969/// short *pshort;
2970/// struct foo *pfoo;
2971///
2972/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2973/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2974/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2975/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2976///
2977/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002978/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002979///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002980Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002981Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002982 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2983 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002984 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2985 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002986
2987 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002988 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00002989
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002990 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2991 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2992 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2993 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2994 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2995 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2996 // type.
2997 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
2998 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00002999 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003000 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003001 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003002
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003003 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3004 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003005 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003006 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3007 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3008 return IntToPointer;
3009 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3010 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003011 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003012 }
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003013
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003014 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003015 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003016 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3017 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003018 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003019
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003020 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003021 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003022 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003023 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3024 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003025 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003026 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003027 }
3028 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003029 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003030
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003031 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003032 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003033
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003034 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003035 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003036 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003037
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003038 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003039 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003040
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003041 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003042 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003043 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003044
3045 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3046 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3047 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3048 return Compatible;
3049 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003050 return Incompatible;
3051 }
3052
3053 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3054 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003055 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003056
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003057 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3058 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3059 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3060 return Compatible;
3061
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003062 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3063 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003064
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003065 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3066 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003067 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003068 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003069 return Incompatible;
3070 }
3071
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003072 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003073 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003074 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3075 return Compatible;
3076
3077 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003078 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003079
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003080 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003081 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003082
3083 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003084 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003085 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003086 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003087 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003088
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003089 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003090 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003091 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003092 }
3093 return Incompatible;
3094}
3095
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003096Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003097Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003098 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3099 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3100 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3101 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3102 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003103 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3104 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003105 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003106 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003107 }
3108
3109 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3110 // structures.
3111 }
3112
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003113 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3114 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003115 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3116 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003117 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003118 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003119 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003120 return Compatible;
3121 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003122
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003123 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003124 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003125 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003126 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003127 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003128 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003129 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3130 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003131
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003132 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3133 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003134
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003135 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3136 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003137 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3138 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3139 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3140 // does not have reference type.
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003141 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003142 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003143 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003144}
3145
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003146Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003147Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3148 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3149}
3150
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003151QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003152 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003153 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003154 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003155 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003156}
3157
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003158inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003159 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003160 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003161 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003162 QualType lhsType =
3163 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3164 QualType rhsType =
3165 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003166
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003167 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003168 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003169 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003170
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003171 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3172 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003173 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3174 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3175 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003176 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3177 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003178 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003179 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003180 }
3181 }
3182 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003183
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003184 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3185 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003186 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003187 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003188
3189 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003190 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3191 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003192 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003193 return lhsType;
3194 }
3195 }
3196
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003197 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003198 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003199 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003200 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3201
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003202 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003203 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3204 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003205 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003206 return rhsType;
3207 }
3208 }
3209
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003210 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003211 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003212 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003213 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003214 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003215}
3216
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003217inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003218 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003219{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003220 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003221 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003222
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003223 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003224
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003225 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003226 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003227 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003228}
3229
3230inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003231 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003232{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003233 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3234 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3235 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3236 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3237 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003238
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003239 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003240
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003241 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003242 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003243 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003244}
3245
3246inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003247 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003248{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003249 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3250 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3251 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3252 return compType;
3253 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003254
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003255 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003256
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003257 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003258 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3259 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3260 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003261 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003262 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003263
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003264 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3265 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3266 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3267 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3268
3269 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
3270 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3271 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003272 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3273 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3274 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003275 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003276 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003277 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003278
3279 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3280 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3281 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3282 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
3283 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3284 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3285 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3286 return QualType();
3287 }
3288
3289 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3290 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3291 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3292 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
3293 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
3294 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3295 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3296 lex->getType()))
3297 return QualType();
3298
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003299 if (CompLHSTy) {
3300 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3301 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3302 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3303 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3304 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003305 return PExp->getType();
3306 }
3307 }
3308
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003309 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003310}
3311
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003312// C99 6.5.6
3313QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003314 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3315 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3316 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3317 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3318 return compType;
3319 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003320
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003321 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003322
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003323 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003324
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003325 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003326 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3327 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003328 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003329 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003330
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003331 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3332 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003333 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003334
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003335 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003336
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003337 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3338 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3339 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3340 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3341 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3342 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3343 return QualType();
3344 }
3345
3346 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3347 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3348 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3349 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3350 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003351 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003352 return QualType();
3353 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003354
3355 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3356 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3357 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3358 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3359 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3360 lex->getSourceRange(),
3361 SourceRange(),
3362 lex->getType()))
3363 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003364
3365 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003366 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3367 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3368 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3369 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3370 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3371 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3372 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3373 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3374
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003375 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003376 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003377 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003378
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003379 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3380 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003381 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003382
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003383 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3384 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3385 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3386 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3387 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3388 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3389 return QualType();
3390 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003391
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003392 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3393 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3394 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3395 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003396 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003397 return QualType();
3398 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003399
3400 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3401 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3402 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3403 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3404 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3405 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3406 rex->getSourceRange(),
3407 SourceRange(),
3408 rex->getType()))
3409 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003410
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003411 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedmanf1c7b482008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003412 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003413 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedmanf1c7b482008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003414 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003415 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003416 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003417 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003418 return QualType();
3419 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003420
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003421 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3422 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3423 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3424 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3425 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3426 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3427 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003428
3429 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003430 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3431 }
3432 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003433
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003434 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003435}
3436
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003437// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003438QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003439 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003440 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3441 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003442 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003443
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003444 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3445 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003446 QualType LHSTy;
3447 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3448 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3449 else
3450 LHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003451 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003452 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3453
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003454 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003455
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003456 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003457 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003458}
3459
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003460// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003461QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003462 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3463 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3464
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003465 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003466 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003467
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003468 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003469 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3470 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3471 else {
3472 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3473 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3474 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003475 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3476 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003477
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003478 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003479 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3480 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3481 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003482 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3483 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003484 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3485 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3486 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3487 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003488 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3489 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003490 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003491
3492 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3493 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3494 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3495 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3496
3497 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3498 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003499 Expr *literalString = 0;
3500 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003501 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003502 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3503 literalString = lex;
3504 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3505 }
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003506 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3507 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003508 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3509 literalString = rex;
3510 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3511 }
3512
3513 if (literalString) {
3514 std::string resultComparison;
3515 switch (Opc) {
3516 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3517 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3518 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3519 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3520 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3521 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3522 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3523 }
3524 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3525 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3526 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003527 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3528 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3529 "strcmp(")
3530 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3531 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003532 resultComparison);
3533 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003534 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003535
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003536 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003537 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003538
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003539 if (isRelational) {
3540 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003541 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003542 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003543 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003544 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003545 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003546 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003547 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003548
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003549 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003550 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003551 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003552
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003553 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3554 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003555
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003556 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3557 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3558 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003559 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003560 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003561 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003562 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003563 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003564
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003565 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003566 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3567 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003568 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003569 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003570 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003571 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003572 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003573 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003574 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003575 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003576 // Handle block pointer types.
3577 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3578 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3579 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003580
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003581 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3582 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003583 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003584 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003585 }
3586 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003587 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003588 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003589 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
3590 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
3591 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
3592 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003593 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003594 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003595 }
3596 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003597 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003598 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003599
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003600 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003601 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003602 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3603 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003604 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003605 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003606 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003607 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003608
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003609 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3610 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003611 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003612 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003613 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003614 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003615 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003616 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003617 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003618 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003619 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3620 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003621 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003622 } else {
3623 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003624 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003625 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003626 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003627 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003628 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003629 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003630 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003631 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003632 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003633 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003634 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003635 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003636 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003637 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003638 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003639 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003640 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003641 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003642 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003643 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003644 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003645 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003646 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003647 // Handle block pointers.
3648 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3649 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003650 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003651 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003652 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003653 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003654 }
3655 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3656 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003657 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003658 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003659 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003660 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003661 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003662 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003663}
3664
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003665/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003666/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003667/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3668/// types.
3669QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003670 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003671 bool isRelational) {
3672 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3673 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003674 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003675 if (vType.isNull())
3676 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003677
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003678 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3679 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003680
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003681 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3682 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3683 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3684 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3685 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3686 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3687 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003688 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003689 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003690
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003691 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3692 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3693 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003694 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003695 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003696
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003697 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
3698 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
3699 if (1) {
3700 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
3701 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3702 return QualType();
3703 }
3704
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003705 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3706 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3707 // elements for floating point vectors.
3708 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3709 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003710
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003711 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003712 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003713 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003714 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003715 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003716 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3717
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003718 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003719 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003720 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3721}
3722
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003723inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003724 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003725{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00003726 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003727 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003728
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003729 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003730
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003731 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003732 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003733 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003734}
3735
3736inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003737 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003738{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003739 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3740 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003741
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003742 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003743 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003744 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003745}
3746
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003747/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3748/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3749/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3750///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003751static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003752{
3753 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3754 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3755 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3756 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3757 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003758 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003759 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3760 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3761 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3762 return true;
3763 }
3764 }
3765 return false;
3766}
3767
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003768/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3769/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3770static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003771 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
3772 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
3773 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003774 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3775 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003776 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3777 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003778
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003779 unsigned Diag = 0;
3780 bool NeedType = false;
3781 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3782 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3783 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003784 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003785 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3786 NeedType = true;
3787 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003788 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003789 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3790 NeedType = true;
3791 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003792 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003793 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3794 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003795 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003796 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3797 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003798 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3799 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00003800 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003801 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3802 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003803 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003804 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3805 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003806 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003807 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3808 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003809 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3810 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3811 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003812 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3813 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3814 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003815 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003816
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003817 SourceRange Assign;
3818 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
3819 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003820 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003821 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003822 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003823 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003824 return true;
3825}
3826
3827
3828
3829// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003830QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3831 SourceLocation Loc,
3832 QualType CompoundType) {
3833 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3834 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003835 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003836
3837 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3838 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003839
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003840 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003841 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003842 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003843 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003844 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3845 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3846 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3847 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3848 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3849 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3850 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003851
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003852 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3853 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3854 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003855 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003856 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3857 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3858 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3859 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3860 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003861 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003862 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003863 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
3864 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
3865 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00003866 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
3867 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003868 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3869 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3870 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003871 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003872 }
3873 } else {
3874 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003875 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003876 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003877
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003878 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3879 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003880 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003881
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003882 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3883 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003884 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003885 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3886 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003887 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3888 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003889 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003890}
3891
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003892// C99 6.5.17
3893QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003894 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003895 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003896
3897 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
3898 // incomplete in C++).
3899
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003900 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003901}
3902
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003903/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3904/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003905QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3906 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003907 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
3908 return Context.DependentTy;
3909
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003910 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3911 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003912
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003913 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3914 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3915 if (!isInc) {
3916 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3917 return QualType();
3918 }
3919 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3920 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3921 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003922 // OK!
3923 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3924 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003925 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003926 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3927 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3928 << Op->getSourceRange();
3929 return QualType();
3930 }
3931
3932 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003933 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003934 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003935 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3936 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3937 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3938 return QualType();
3939 }
3940
3941 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003942 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003943 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3944 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3945 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3946 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003947 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003948 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3949 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3950 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003951 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003952 } else {
3953 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003954 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003955 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003956 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003957 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003958 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003959 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003960 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003961 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003962}
3963
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003964/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003965/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003966/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3967/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3968/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3969/// - &(x) => x
3970/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3971/// - &s.xx => s
3972/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3973/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3974/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3975/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003976static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003977 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003978 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003979 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003980 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003981 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00003982 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
3983 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
3984 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003985 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003986 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00003987 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003988 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003989 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00003990 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the
3991 // implicit promotion of register arrays earlier.
3992 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
3993 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
3994 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
3995 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
3996 }
3997 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003998 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003999 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4000 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004001
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004002 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004003 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4004 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4005 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4006 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4007 default:
4008 return 0;
4009 }
4010 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004011 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004012 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004013 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004014 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4015 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004016 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004017 default:
4018 return 0;
4019 }
4020}
4021
4022/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004023/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004024/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004025/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004026/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004027/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004028/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004029QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004030 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4031 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4032
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004033 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4034 return Context.DependentTy;
4035
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004036 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4037 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4038 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4039 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4040 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4041 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4042 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4043 }
4044 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4045 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4046 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004047 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004048 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004049
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004050 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004051 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
4052 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004053 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004054 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4055 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004056 return QualType();
4057 }
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004058 } else if (op->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
4059 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4060 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4061 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004062 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004063 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4064 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004065 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004066 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004067 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004068 return QualType();
4069 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004070 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004071 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4072 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4073 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004074 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4075 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004076 return QualType();
4077 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004078 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004079 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004080 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4081 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004082 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4083 // scope qualifier for the class.
4084 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4085 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4086 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4087 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4088 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4089 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004090 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4091 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004092 // As above.
4093 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4094 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4095 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4096 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4097 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4098 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004099 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004100 else
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004101 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004102 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004103
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004104 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4105 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4106}
4107
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004108QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004109 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4110 return Context.DependentTy;
4111
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004112 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4113 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004114
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004115 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4116 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4117 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4118 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4119 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004120 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004121
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004122 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004123 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004124 return QualType();
4125}
4126
4127static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4128 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4129 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4130 switch (Kind) {
4131 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004132 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4133 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004134 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4135 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4136 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4137 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4138 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4139 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4140 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4141 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4142 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4143 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4144 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4145 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4146 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4147 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4148 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4149 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4150 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4151 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4152 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4153 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4154 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4155 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4156 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4157 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4158 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4159 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4160 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4161 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4162 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4163 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4164 }
4165 return Opc;
4166}
4167
4168static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4169 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4170 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4171 switch (Kind) {
4172 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4173 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4174 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4175 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4176 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4177 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4178 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4179 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4180 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004181 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4182 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4183 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4184 }
4185 return Opc;
4186}
4187
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004188/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4189/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4190/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004191Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4192 unsigned Op,
4193 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004194 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004195 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004196 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4197 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4198 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004199
4200 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004201 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4202 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4203 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004204 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4205 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4206 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4207 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4208 break;
4209 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004210 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4211 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4212 break;
4213 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4214 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4215 break;
4216 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4217 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4218 break;
4219 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4220 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4221 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004222 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004223 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4224 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4225 break;
4226 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4227 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4228 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4229 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004230 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004231 break;
4232 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4233 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004234 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004235 break;
4236 case BinaryOperator::And:
4237 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4238 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4239 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4240 break;
4241 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4242 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4243 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4244 break;
4245 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4246 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004247 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4248 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4249 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4250 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004251 break;
4252 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004253 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4254 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4255 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4256 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004257 break;
4258 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004259 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4260 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4261 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004262 break;
4263 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004264 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4265 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4266 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004267 break;
4268 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4269 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004270 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4271 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4272 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4273 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004274 break;
4275 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4276 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4277 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004278 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4279 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4280 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4281 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004282 break;
4283 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4284 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4285 break;
4286 }
4287 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004288 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004289 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004290 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4291 else
4292 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004293 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4294 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004295}
4296
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004297// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004298Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4299 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4300 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004301 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004302 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004303
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004304 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4305 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004306
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004307 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4308 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4309 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4310 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4311 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4312 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4313 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004314 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004315 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4316 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4317 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4318 Functions);
4319 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4320 DeclarationName OpName
4321 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4322 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004323 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004324
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004325 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4326 // binary operation.
4327 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004328 }
4329
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004330 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4331 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004332}
4333
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004334Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4335 unsigned OpcIn,
4336 ExprArg InputArg) {
4337 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004338
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004339 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4340 // appropriately.
4341 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004342 QualType resultType;
4343 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004344 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4345 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4346 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4347 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4348 break;
4349
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004350 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4351 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004352 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4353 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004354 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004355 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004356 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4357 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004358 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004359 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004360 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4361 break;
4362 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4363 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004364 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4365 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004366 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4367 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004368 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4369 break;
4370 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4371 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4372 break;
4373 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4374 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4375 resultType->isPointerType())
4376 break;
4377
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004378 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4379 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004380 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004381 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4382 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004383 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4384 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004385 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4386 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4387 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004388 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004389 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004390 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004391 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4392 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004393 break;
4394 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4395 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004396 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4397 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004398 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4399 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004400 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004401 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4402 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004403 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004404 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4405 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004406 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004407 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004408 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004409 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004410 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004411 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004412 resultType = Input->getType();
4413 break;
4414 }
4415 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004416 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004417
4418 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004419 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004420}
4421
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004422// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4423Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4424 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4425 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4426 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4427
4428 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4429 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4430 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4431 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4432 // the arguments.
4433 FunctionSet Functions;
4434 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4435 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4436 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4437 Functions);
4438 DeclarationName OpName
4439 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4440 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4441 }
4442
4443 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4444 }
4445
4446 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4447}
4448
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004449/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004450Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4451 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4452 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004453 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004454 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004455
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004456 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4457 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004458 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004459 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004460
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004461 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004462 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4463 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004464}
4465
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004466Sema::OwningExprResult
4467Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4468 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4469 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004470 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4471 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4472
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004473 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4474 if (isFileScope) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004475 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004476 }
4477
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004478 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4479 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4480 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004481
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004482 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
4483 // should not warn about it being unused.
4484
4485 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4486 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4487 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004488
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004489 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4490 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4491 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4492 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4493 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004494
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004495 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004496 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004497 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004498
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004499 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4500 // expressions are not lvalues.
4501
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004502 substmt.release();
4503 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004504}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004505
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004506Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4507 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4508 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4509 TypeTy *argty,
4510 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4511 unsigned NumComponents,
4512 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4513 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4514 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004515 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4516 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004517
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004518 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4519
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004520 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4521 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4522 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004523 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004524 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004525
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004526 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4527 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004528
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004529 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4530 // the offsetof designators.
4531 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4532 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004533 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004534 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004535
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004536 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4537 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004538 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4539 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004540 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004541 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4542 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004543
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004544 if (!Dependent) {
4545 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4546 // leaks like a sieve.
4547 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4548 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4549 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4550 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4551 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4552 if (!AT) {
4553 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004554 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4555 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004556 }
4557
4558 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4559
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004560 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4561 // expression.
4562 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4563
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004564 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4565 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004566 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004567 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004568 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
4569 diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4570 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004571
4572 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4573 OC.LocEnd);
4574 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004575 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004576
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004577 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4578 if (!RC) {
4579 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004580 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4581 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004582 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004583
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004584 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4585 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
4586 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4587 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4588 LookupMemberName)
4589 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004590 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004591 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004592 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4593 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004594
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004595 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4596 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
4597 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4598 // matter here.
4599 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004600 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004601 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004602 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004603
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004604 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4605 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004606}
4607
4608
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004609Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4610 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4611 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004612 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4613 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004614
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004615 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004616
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004617 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4618 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004619}
4620
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004621Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4622 ExprArg cond,
4623 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4624 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4625 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4626 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4627 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004628
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004629 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4630
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004631 QualType resType;
4632 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4633 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4634 } else {
4635 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4636 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4637 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4638 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004639 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4640 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4641 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004642
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004643 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4644 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4645 }
4646
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004647 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4648 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4649 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004650}
4651
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004652//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4653// Clang Extensions.
4654//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4655
4656/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004657void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004658 // Analyze block parameters.
4659 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004660
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004661 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4662 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4663 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004664
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004665 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4666 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004667 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004668 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4669 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004670
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004671 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004672 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004673}
4674
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004675void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4676 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4677
4678 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4679 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4680 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4681
4682 // The type is entirely optional as well, if none, use DependentTy.
4683 if (T.isNull())
4684 T = Context.DependentTy;
4685
4686 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4687 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4688 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4689
4690 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4691 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004692
4693 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4694
4695 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4696 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4697 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4698 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4699 return;
4700 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004701
4702 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004703 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004704 return;
4705 }
4706
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004707 // Analyze arguments to block.
4708 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4709 "Not a function declarator!");
4710 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004711
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004712 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4713 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004714
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004715 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4716 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4717 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4718 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004719 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
4720 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004721 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004722 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004723 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4724 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004725 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004726 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004727 }
Steve Naroffe78b8092009-03-13 16:56:44 +00004728 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004729 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004730
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004731 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4732 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4733 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4734 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4735 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004736
4737 // Analyze the return type.
4738 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4739 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4740
4741 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4742 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4743 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4744 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4745 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4746 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004747}
4748
4749/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4750/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4751void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4752 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4753 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004754
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004755 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4756
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004757 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4758 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004759
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004760 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004761}
4762
4763/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4764/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004765Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4766 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00004767 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
4768 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
4769 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
4770
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004771 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4772 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004773
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004774 PopDeclContext();
4775
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004776 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4777 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004778
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004779 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4780 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4781 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004782
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004783 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4784 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4785 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004786
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004787 QualType BlockTy;
4788 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004789 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004790 else
4791 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004792 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004793
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004794 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
4795
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004796 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004797
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004798 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
4799 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
4800 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
4801 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4802
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004803 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.release()));
4804 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
4805 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004806}
4807
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004808Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4809 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
4810 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004811 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004812 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
4813 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
4814
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004815 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004816
4817 // Get the va_list type
4818 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4819 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4820 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4821 // a pointer for va_arg.
4822 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4823 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmanefbe85c2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004824 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4825 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004826
Chris Lattner3f419762009-04-06 17:07:34 +00004827 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004828 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
4829 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004830 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00004831 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004832
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004833 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004834 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004835
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004836 expr.release();
4837 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
4838 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004839}
4840
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004841Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004842 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4843 // pointers on the target.
4844 QualType Ty;
4845 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4846 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4847 else
4848 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4849
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004850 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004851}
4852
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004853bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4854 SourceLocation Loc,
4855 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4856 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4857 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4858 bool isInvalid = false;
4859 unsigned DiagKind;
4860 switch (ConvTy) {
4861 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4862 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004863 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004864 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4865 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004866 case IntToPointer:
4867 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4868 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004869 case IncompatiblePointer:
4870 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4871 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004872 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
4873 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
4874 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004875 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4876 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4877 break;
4878 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004879 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4880 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4881 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4882 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4883 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4884 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4885 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4886 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4887 // C++ semantics.
4888 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4889 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4890 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004891 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4892 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004893 case IntToBlockPointer:
4894 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4895 break;
4896 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Steve Naroffba80c9a2008-09-24 23:31:10 +00004897 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004898 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004899 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004900 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004901 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4902 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4903 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004904 case IncompatibleVectors:
4905 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4906 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004907 case Incompatible:
4908 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4909 isInvalid = true;
4910 break;
4911 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004912
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004913 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4914 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004915 return isInvalid;
4916}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004917
4918bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4919{
4920 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4921
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004922 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004923 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4924 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4925
4926 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4927 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4928 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4929 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4930 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4931 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4932 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004933
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004934 return true;
4935 }
4936
4937 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004938 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004939 E->getSourceRange();
4940
4941 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4942 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4943 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4944 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004945
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004946 if (Result)
4947 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4948 return false;
4949}